{"title":"HSD","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\u003c!--\n.page-container h1:first-child{display:none;}\n  .boost-pfs-filter-collection-header-wrapper h1{display:none;}\n  .boost-pfs-filter-collection-header-wrapper{padding-top:0; padding-bottom:0;}\n.mdb-cat {\n    border: 5px solid #f4f4f4!important;\n    padding: 20px 10px!important;\n    background: #403f3f;\n\n}\n\n.mdb-cat:hover{background: #9b9b9b;}\n\n.cat-name-area {\n    text-align: center;\n    padding: 10px;\n    margin: 15px -10px -20px;\n    background: #dcdcdc;\n    border-top: 0;\n    color: #000;\n    font-family: Oswald;\n}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"container\" style=\"margin-bottom: 30px;\"\u003eHSD feature 3 types of coilovers in their range, for those that are after a sportier ride and adjustable height their entry level Dualtech range will provide a significant upgrade over OEM suspension. This coilover is aimed at the enthusiast who’s working on a budget, looking for good build quality and adjustability, without the need for ultimate performance. Coilovers.co.uk are proud to be a supplier for HSD, offering world-wide delivery and a range of finance options too.\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-1-series-e81-e87-hatch-04-13","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 1 Series E81 E87 Hatch 04-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 1 Series E81 E87 Hatch (04-13) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 1 Series E81 E87 Hatch with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 1 Series E81 E87 Hatch (2004-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 116i, 118i, 120i, 125i, 128i, 130i, 135i, 135is, 1M Coupe, 116d, 118d, 120d, 123d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 1 Series E81 E87 Hatch, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 9kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 1 Series E81 E87 Hatch (2004-2013). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919646986623,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-1-SERIES-E81-E87-HATCH-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm15_1_2_f85a4cde-d29c-4cf8-8b37-018c2d5f2127.jpg?v=1792766418"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-1-series-e82-coupe-1m-07-13","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 1 Series E82 Coupe \u0026 1M 07-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 1 Series E82 Coupe \u0026amp; 1M (07-13) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 1 Series E82 Coupe \u0026amp; 1M with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 1 Series E82 Coupe \u0026amp; 1M (2007-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 116i, 118i, 120i, 125i, 128i, 130i, 135i, 135is, 1M Coupe, 116d, 118d, 120d, 123d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 1 Series E82 Coupe \u0026amp; 1M, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 9kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 1 Series E82 Coupe \u0026amp; 1M (2007-2013). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647019391,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-1-SERIES-E82-COUPE-1M-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm15_1_2_aa3c86a6-2954-42b1-8063-f864a7fd9a48.jpg?v=1792766419"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-1-series-f20-f21-hatch-2wd-11-19","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 1 Series F20 F21 Hatch 2WD 11-19","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 1 Series F20 F21 Hatch 2WD (11-19) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 1 Series F20 F21 Hatch 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 1 Series F20 F21 Hatch 2WD (2011-2019)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 114i, 116i, 118i, 120i, 125i, 114d, 116d, 118d, 120d, 125d, M135i, M140i\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 1 Series F20 F21 Hatch 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 9kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 1 Series F20 F21 Hatch 2WD (2011-2019). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647183231,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-1-SERIES-F20-F21-HATCH-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm16_1_6_1532446f-445f-4a59-8e6d-672955e97482.jpg?v=1792766420"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-2-series-f22-coupe-2wd-14-21","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 2 Series F22 Coupe 2WD 14-21","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 2 Series F22 Coupe 2WD (14-21) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 2 Series F22 Coupe 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 2 Series F22 Coupe 2WD (2014-2021)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 218i, 220i, 228i, 230i, 218d, 220d, 225d, M235i, M240i\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 2 Series F22 Coupe 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 9kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 2 Series F22 Coupe 2WD (2014-2021). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647281535,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-2-SERIES-F22-COUPE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm16_1_5_687ae21b-7a22-420a-85c7-06c2f1a98f21.jpg?v=1792766427"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-2-series-f23-convertible-2wd-14-15","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 2 Series F23 Convertible 2WD 14-15","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 2 Series F23 Convertible 2WD (14-15) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 2 Series F23 Convertible 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 2 Series F23 Convertible 2WD (2014-2015)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 218i, 220i, 228i, 230i, 218d, 220d, 225d, M235i, M240i\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 2 Series F23 Convertible 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 9kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 2 Series F23 Convertible 2WD (2014-2015). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647314303,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-2-SERIES-F23-CONVERTIBLE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm16_1_4_b8853a19-7ce1-4e29-a9bc-16d401e71405.jpg?v=1792766428"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e30-inc-m3-51mm-strut-82-94","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut 82-94","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut (82-94) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version suits E30s on the standard 51mm front strut tubes. This is the Default spring rate kit (9kg front, 10kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 125mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut (1982-1994)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316s, 316, 316i, 318i, 318is, 320i, 320is, 323i, 325 \/ 325e \/ 325es, 325i \/ 325is, 324d, 324td, M3 \/ M3 Evo 1, M3 Evo 2, M3 Sport Evo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs (1982-1994) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut (1982-1994). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs (1982-1994) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647379839,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E30-INC-M3-51MM-STRUT-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm09_1_2_b95a0ab3-fd98-4a0f-9b33-a80018f6bffc.jpg?v=1792766429"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e30-inc-m3-with-e36-hubs-82-94","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs 82-94","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs (82-94) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. This version is designed for E30s that have been converted to E36 front uprights, knuckles and hubs, a popular upgrade for track and drift cars. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 7kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM41\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs (1982-1994)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316s, 316, 316i, 318i, 318is, 320i, 320is, 323i, 325 \/ 325e \/ 325es, 325i \/ 325is, 324d, 324td, M3 \/ M3 Evo 1, M3 Evo 2, M3 Sport Evo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut (1982-1994) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 with E36 Hubs (1982-1994). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E30 inc M3 51mm Strut (1982-1994) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647412607,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E30-INC-M3-WITH-E36-HUBS-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm41_1_3_7d352ffb-1dd1-4856-b44f-7e9bee264812.jpg?v=1792766430"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e36-m3-92-99","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E36 M3 92-99","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E36 M3 (92-99) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E36 M3 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E36 M3 (1992-1999)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E36 Compact (1993-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (1990-2000) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E36 M3, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 7kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E36 M3 (1992-1999). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E36 Compact (1993-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (1990-2000) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647510911,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E36-M3-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm04_1_2_e4682f99-99be-465d-86bc-6c077d319ee6.jpg?v=1792766437"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e36-compact-93-04","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E36 Compact 93-04","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E36 Compact (93-04) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E36 Compact with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. Driftworks recently redesigned the rear of this kit to give more rear ride height adjustment and accept a wider range of spring rates. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 7kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM05-CP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E36 Compact (1993-2004)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318ti, 323ti, 318tds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E36 M3 (1992-1999) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (1990-2000) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E36 Compact, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E36 Compact (1993-2004). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E36 M3 (1992-1999) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (1990-2000) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647543679,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E36-COMPACT-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm05-cp_1_6_cd0bc926-36f8-4247-862f-486a762e4492.jpg?v=1792766438"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e36-non-m3-90-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 90-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (90-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 7kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (1990-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i\/318ti, 318is\/318ti, 320i, 323i\/323ti, 325i, 328i, 318tds, 325td, 325tds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E36 Compact (1993-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E36 M3 (1992-1999) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E36 Non M3 (1990-2000). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E36 Compact (1993-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E36 M3 (1992-1999) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647674751,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E36-NON-M3-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm05_1_3_14ae067a-1704-41a7-b71e-5dd770c6a7fb.jpg?v=1792766440"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e46-m3-00-06","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E46 M3 00-06","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E46 M3 (00-06) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E46 M3 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. The latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 10kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E46 M3 (2000-2006)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 (1998-2005) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 True Rear (1998-2005) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E46 M3, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E46 M3 (2000-2006). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 (1998-2005) - this needs a different HSD kit; the BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 True Rear (1998-2005) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919647707519,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E46-M3-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm02_1_3_34dad784-7df8-40c3-9650-56aa292f67ed.jpg?v=1792766440"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e90-saloon-06-11","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E90 Saloon 06-11","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E90 Saloon (06-11) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E90 Saloon with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E90 Saloon (2006-2011)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 318ci, 320i, 320si, 323i, 325i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW E90 M3 without EDC (2007-2013) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E90 Saloon, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E90 Saloon (2006-2011). Not suitable for: the BMW E90 M3 without EDC (2007-2013) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648067967,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E90-SALOON-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm13_1_3_e7113aa2-68f9-4ea3-bcae-38663d3fad4a.jpg?v=1792766448"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e46-non-m3-98-05","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 98-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 (98-05) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. The latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 10kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM43\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 (1998-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 318ci, 320i, 323i, 325i, 328i, 330i, 318d, 320d, 330d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW 3 Series E46 M3 (2000-2006) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E46 Non M3 (1998-2005). Not suitable for: the BMW 3 Series E46 M3 (2000-2006) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648133503,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E46-NON-M3-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm43_1_3_d2a222d8-5126-428d-b490-726eb45dd4f5.jpg?v=1792766448"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e91-touring-06-11","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E91 Touring 06-11","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E91 Touring (06-11) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E91 Touring with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E91 Touring (2006-2011)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 318ci, 320i, 320si, 323i, 325i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E91 Touring, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E91 Touring (2006-2011). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648166271,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E91-TOURING-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm13_1_4_12744929-5143-4e87-a9d7-9ff3721bc84d.jpg?v=1792766449"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e92-coupe-06-13","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E92 Coupe 06-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E92 Coupe (06-13) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E92 Coupe with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E92 Coupe (2006-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 318ci, 320i, 320si, 323i, 325i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW E92 M3 without EDC (2007-2013) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E92 Coupe, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E92 Coupe (2006-2013). Not suitable for: the BMW E92 M3 without EDC (2007-2013) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648199039,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E92-COUPE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm13_1_3_8f945a0e-59ed-43bb-b4fc-5a6beb1b71a5.jpg?v=1792766451"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-e93-convertible-07-13","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series E93 Convertible 07-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series E93 Convertible (07-13) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series E93 Convertible with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series E93 Convertible (2007-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 318ci, 320i, 320si, 323i, 325i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW E93 M3 without EDC (2007-2013) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series E93 Convertible, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series E93 Convertible (2007-2013). Not suitable for: the BMW E93 M3 without EDC (2007-2013) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648264575,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-E93-CONVERTIBLE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm13_1_3_c5debfc7-abda-428f-90b6-3f5b554a67b8.jpg?v=1792766457"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-f30-saloon-2wd-11-19","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series F30 Saloon 2WD 11-19","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series F30 Saloon 2WD (11-19) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series F30 Saloon 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series F30 Saloon 2WD (2011-2019)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 320i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 340i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series F30 Saloon 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series F30 Saloon 2WD (2011-2019). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648297343,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-F30-SALOON-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm17_1_2_0e068dee-41ce-45a1-88b4-ef5271899736.jpg?v=1792766457"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-f31-touring-2wd-11-15","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series F31 Touring 2WD 11-15","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series F31 Touring 2WD (11-15) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series F31 Touring 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series F31 Touring 2WD (2011-2015)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 320i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 340i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series F31 Touring 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series F31 Touring 2WD (2011-2015). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648330111,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-F31-TOURING-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm17_1_2_13d1de0f-bf46-41fc-b52f-00a160d579c7.jpg?v=1792766460"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-3-series-f34-gran-turismo-2wd-13-20","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 3 Series F34 Gran Turismo 2WD 13-20","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 3 Series F34 Gran Turismo 2WD (13-20) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 3 Series F34 Gran Turismo 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 3 Series F34 Gran Turismo 2WD (2013-2020)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines\/models: 316i, 318i, 320i, 328i, 330i, 335i, 340i, 316d, 318d, 320d, 325d, 330d, 335d\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 3 Series F34 Gran Turismo 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 3 Series F34 Gran Turismo 2WD (2013-2020). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648362879,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-3-SERIES-F34-GRAN-TURISMO-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm17_1_2_bf3bf74d-3175-4916-bffe-59f0d5fd5cfd.jpg?v=1792766461"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-4-series-f32-coupe-2wd-13-20","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 4 Series F32 Coupe 2WD 13-20","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 4 Series F32 Coupe 2WD (13-20) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 4 Series F32 Coupe 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 4 Series F32 Coupe 2WD (2013-2020)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 4 Series F32 Coupe 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 4 Series F32 Coupe 2WD (2013-2020). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648526719,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-4-SERIES-F32-COUPE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm17_1_2_3f7fd992-ffd2-43e8-88fb-993dbe2f869f.jpg?v=1792766467"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-4-series-f33-convertible-2wd-14-20","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 4 Series F33 Convertible 2WD 14-20","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 4 Series F33 Convertible 2WD (14-20) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 4 Series F33 Convertible 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 4 Series F33 Convertible 2WD (2014-2020)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 4 Series F33 Convertible 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 4 Series F33 Convertible 2WD (2014-2020). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648559487,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-4-SERIES-F33-CONVERTIBLE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm17_1_2_843145f6-ca79-4cce-b4c5-c75e2cbb2246.jpg?v=1792766468"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-4-series-f36-gran-coupe-2wd-13-20","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW 4 Series F36 Gran Coupe 2WD 13-20","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW 4 Series F36 Gran Coupe 2WD (13-20) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW 4 Series F36 Gran Coupe 2WD with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. HSD lists this kit for 2WD models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster takes 200mm coilover springs for easy spring rate changes from 6kg to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW 4 Series F36 Gran Coupe 2WD (2013-2020)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2WD models only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW 4 Series F36 Gran Coupe 2WD, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW 4 Series F36 Gran Coupe 2WD (2013-2020). Not suitable for: 4WD (xDrive) models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648592255,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-4-SERIES-F36-GRAN-COUPE-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm17_1_2_d9528a4e-6d19-4b17-8b49-e8c366d44a18.jpg?v=1792766469"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-z3-95-01","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW Z3 95-01","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW Z3 (95-01) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW Z3 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 7kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM05-CP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW Z3 (1995-2001)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW Z3, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW Z3 (1995-2001). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648690559,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-Z3-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm05-cp_1_5_8e89899b-9ba5-431b-90d1-d12430c46805.jpg?v=1792766472"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-z4-roadster-coupe-e85-e86-03-08","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026 Coupe E85 E86 03-08","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (03-08) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat. The latest Version 2 front lower brackets have the anti-roll bar drop link mount built in, so fitting is simpler than on earlier kits. This is the Default spring rate kit (7kg front, 10kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM43\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersion 2 front brackets with built-in anti-roll bar drop link mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorter front anti-roll bar drop links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Fit the shorter anti-roll bar drop links supplied to the integrated mount on the front brackets. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008). Not suitable for: the BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648788863,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-Z4-ROADSTER-COUPE-E85-E86-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm43_1_5_e0961a1a-323b-4134-9a5d-f7d213be8e7b.jpg?v=1792766477"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-bmw-z4m-roadster-coupe-e85-e86-03-08","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026 Coupe E85 E86 03-08","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (03-08) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the BMW's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-BM04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear adjuster accepts the standard bulb spring or a 125mm coilover spring for Track Pack rates up to 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 7kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the BMW Z4M Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008). Not suitable for: the BMW Z4 Roadster \u0026amp; Coupe E85 E86 (2003-2008) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648821631,"sku":"HSD-K-BMW-Z4M-ROADSTER-COUPE-E85-E86-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-bm04_1_4_3c3f026e-5d50-47d4-827a-3911716c5d20.jpg?v=1792766478"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-fiesta-mk7-inc-st-08-17","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Fiesta Mk7 inc ST 08-17","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Fiesta Mk7 inc ST (08-17) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Fiesta Mk7 inc ST with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5kg\/mm (approx. 49 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4kg\/mm (approx. 39 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Fiesta Mk7 inc ST (2008-2017)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Fiesta Mk7 inc ST, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 5kg front and 4kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Fiesta Mk7 inc ST (2008-2017). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648854399,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-FIESTA-MK7-INC-ST-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr05_1_2_ede5e334-f993-46ce-8436-94772d3ba111.jpg?v=1792766479"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-focus-c-max-mk1-04-10","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Focus C-Max Mk1 04-10","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Focus C-Max Mk1 (04-10) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Focus C-Max Mk1 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Focus C-Max Mk1 (2004-2010)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Focus C-Max Mk1, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Focus C-Max Mk1 (2004-2010). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919648887167,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-FOCUS-C-MAX-MK1-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr08_1_4_1671144d-5f19-4a71-8b83-b32fef8856da.jpg?v=1792766487"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-focus-c-max-mk2-11-19","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Focus C-Max Mk2 11-19","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Focus C-Max Mk2 (11-19) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Focus C-Max Mk2 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Focus C-Max Mk2 (2011-2019)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Focus C-Max Mk2, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Focus C-Max Mk2 (2011-2019). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919649083775,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-FOCUS-C-MAX-MK2-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr09_1_3_a5dbd367-53f7-4d56-bbcc-099163c88fb3.jpg?v=1792766488"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-focus-mk2-inc-st-04-10","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Focus Mk2 inc ST 04-10","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Focus Mk2 inc ST (04-10) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Focus Mk2 inc ST with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Focus Mk2 inc ST (2004-2010)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Focus Mk2 inc ST, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Focus Mk2 inc ST (2004-2010). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919649116543,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-FOCUS-MK2-INC-ST-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr08_1_4_ce146025-073a-4f2d-a605-0e27d86200fc.jpg?v=1792766487"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-focus-mk3-inc-st-11-18","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Focus Mk3 inc ST 11-18","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Focus Mk3 inc ST (11-18) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Focus Mk3 inc ST with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Focus Mk3 inc ST (2011-2018)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Focus Mk3 inc ST, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Focus Mk3 inc ST (2011-2018). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919649182079,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-FOCUS-MK3-INC-ST-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr09_1_3_5c972627-36cc-4faf-8fa8-bbe317da5744.jpg?v=1792766489"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-kuga-mk1-08-13","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Kuga Mk1 08-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Kuga Mk1 (08-13) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Kuga Mk1 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Kuga Mk1 (2008-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Kuga Mk1, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Kuga Mk1 (2008-2013). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652098431,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-KUGA-MK1-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr08_1_5_2134a58d-9e69-41b6-adab-376a414aef5d.jpg?v=1792766498"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-ford-kuga-mk2-13-19","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Ford Kuga Mk2 13-19","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Ford Kuga Mk2 (13-19) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Ford Kuga Mk2 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Kuga Mk2 (2013-2019)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Ford Kuga Mk2, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Ford Kuga Mk2 (2013-2019). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652131199,"sku":"HSD-K-FORD-KUGA-MK2-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr09_1_4_1188eef4-896a-4ac2-9776-60076bb4f56f.jpg?v=1792766498"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-honda-accord-cl7-02-08","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Honda Accord CL7 02-08","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Honda Accord CL7 (02-08) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Honda Accord CL7 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11kg\/mm (approx. 108 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4kg\/mm (approx. 39 N\/mm), 250mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-H18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Accord CL7 (2002-2008)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Honda Accord CL7, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 11kg front and 4kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Honda Accord CL7 (2002-2008). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652163967,"sku":"HSD-K-HONDA-ACCORD-CL7-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-h18_1_2_9abe7e1a-b4c2-4bf5-b0dd-839a93d47ee2.jpg?v=1792766501"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-honda-civic-eg-92-95","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Honda Civic EG 92-95","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Honda Civic EG (92-95) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Honda Civic EG with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Default spring rate kit (9kg front, 6kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-H09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Civic EG (1992-1995)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Honda Civic EG, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Honda Civic EG (1992-1995). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652196735,"sku":"HSD-K-HONDA-CIVIC-EG-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-h09_1_2_dfda628a-ce90-40e2-89e3-b185708aeaaa.jpg?v=1792766499"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-honda-civic-ej-96-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Honda Civic EJ 96-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Honda Civic EJ (96-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Honda Civic EJ with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Default spring rate kit (9kg front, 6kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-H05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Civic EJ (1996-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Honda Civic EJ, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Honda Civic EJ (1996-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652295039,"sku":"HSD-K-HONDA-CIVIC-EJ-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-h05_1_3_c7386d07-3e65-4fa1-9be5-a2dd3693df94.jpg?v=1792766508"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-honda-civic-ek-96-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Honda Civic EK 96-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Honda Civic EK (96-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Honda Civic EK with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Default spring rate kit (9kg front, 6kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-H05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Civic EK (1996-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Honda Civic EK, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Honda Civic EK (1996-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652327807,"sku":"HSD-K-HONDA-CIVIC-EK-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-h05_1_3_c74e5aa8-21a8-450b-a4d6-3db1ce9518a2.jpg?v=1792766508"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-honda-jazz-fit-gd1-01-08","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Honda Jazz Fit GD1 01-08","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Honda Jazz Fit GD1 (01-08) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Honda Jazz Fit GD1 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the Honda's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5kg\/mm (approx. 49 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5kg\/mm (approx. 34 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-H61\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Jazz Fit GD1 (2001-2008)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Honda Jazz Fit GD1, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 5kg front and 3.5kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Honda Jazz Fit GD1 (2001-2008). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652557183,"sku":"HSD-K-HONDA-JAZZ-FIT-GD1-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-h61_1_2_effc08ae-5366-4ea7-a799-27d5852e2367.jpg?v=1792766509"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-honda-s2000-ap1-ap2-99-09","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Honda S2000 AP1 AP2 99-09","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Honda S2000 AP1 AP2 (99-09) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Honda S2000 AP1 AP2 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-H21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda S2000 AP1 AP2 (1999-2009)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Honda S2000 AP1 AP2, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Honda S2000 AP1 AP2 (1999-2009). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919652589951,"sku":"HSD-K-HONDA-S2000-AP1-AP2-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-h21_1_2_2e54fa6c-4225-4c3b-abf2-2bd8be57e709.jpg?v=1792766513"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-infiniti-g35-coupe-v35-03-07","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Infiniti G35 Coupe V35 03-07","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Infiniti G35 Coupe V35 (03-07) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Infiniti G35 Coupe V35 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the rear the kit keeps the Infiniti's separate spring-and-damper layout, using an OEM-style spring in a height-adjustable HSD seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11kg\/mm (approx. 108 N\/mm), OEM-style rear 'bulb' spring that sits in the standard spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-N12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInfiniti G35 Coupe V35 (2003-2007)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Infiniti G35 Coupe V35, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. At the rear, the spring goes back in the factory spring position on the HSD height-adjustable seat, and the damper replaces the original. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 11kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Infiniti G35 Coupe V35 (2003-2007). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653081471,"sku":"HSD-K-INFINITI-G35-COUPE-V35-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-n12_1_3_d70fdf24-cdd8-4249-b95e-7772a965f54c.jpg?v=1792766516"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-gs300-s140-jzs147-93-97","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026 JZS147 93-97","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (93-97) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997). Not suitable for: the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653179775,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS300-S140-JZS147-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t18_1_3_133132b8-7711-448f-81ba-f10492a01140.jpg?v=1792766519"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-gs300-s160-jzs161-97-04","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026 JZS161 97-04","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (97-04) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004). Not suitable for: the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653212543,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS300-S160-JZS161-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t03_1_3_6c2c87e8-4a44-4131-ac93-5d6656a2685c.jpg?v=1792766520"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-is200-99-05","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus IS200 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus IS200 (99-05) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus IS200 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Default spring rate kit (10kg front, 6kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 (1999-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus IS200 (1999-2005). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653278079,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-IS200-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t02_1_10_c966aedc-3923-4a68-aec7-de586fca1413.jpg?v=1792766523"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-ls400-ucf10-ucf20-90-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 90-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (90-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm (approx. 118 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T19\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (1990-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 12kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (1990-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653867903,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-LS400-UCF10-UCF20-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t19_1_2_fd32b81b-c8b2-4bb2-9910-f5442fc93d8b.jpg?v=1792766528"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-sc300-uzz30-92-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus SC300 UZZ30 92-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus SC300 UZZ30 (92-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus SC300 UZZ30 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC300 UZZ30 (1992-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC300 UZZ30, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus SC300 UZZ30 (1992-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653900671,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-SC300-UZZ30-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t13_1_3_f5621ab1-4b06-4979-8ffc-d7f5f47d6876.jpg?v=1792766529"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-mazda-3-bk-04-09","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Mazda 3 BK 04-09","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Mazda 3 BK (04-09) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Mazda 3 BK with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMazda 3 BK (2004-2009)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Mazda 3 BK, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Mazda 3 BK (2004-2009). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653933439,"sku":"HSD-K-MAZDA-3-BK-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr08_1_5_c6b8935a-a779-4518-aaeb-0a4b3a4921a3.jpg?v=1792766529"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-mazda-5-cr-04-10","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Mazda 5 CR 04-10","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Mazda 5 CR (04-10) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Mazda 5 CR with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMazda 5 CR (2004-2010)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Mazda 5 CR, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Mazda 5 CR (2004-2010). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653998975,"sku":"HSD-K-MAZDA-5-CR-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr08_1_5_201753ca-a657-4f1f-80f1-b55c541dc8f1.jpg?v=1792766533"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-mazda-5-cw-10-18","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Mazda 5 CW 10-18","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Mazda 5 CW (10-18) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Height \u0026amp; Camber Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Mazda 5 CW with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves. Front camber is adjustable, which helps you get the most from your tyres once the car is lowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\/mm (approx. 78 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height, Damping and Front Camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-FR09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront camber adjustment to dial in alignment once lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMazda 5 CW (2010-2018)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Mazda 5 CW, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done, including camber. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 8kg front and 6kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Mazda 5 CW (2010-2018). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust camber with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Front camber is adjustable. A full alignment is still needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919654228351,"sku":"HSD-K-MAZDA-5-CW-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-fr09_1_4_1c346061-4709-421b-8de7-b366c560b2e9.jpg?v=1792766537"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-mazda-mx5-mk1-na-89-97","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA 89-97","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA (89-97) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit had a Version 2 redesign in 2022 to give more damper stroke, so very low ride heights are possible without running out of travel. This is the Default spring rate kit (9kg front, 7kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-MA05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMazda MX5 Mk1 NA (1989-1997)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC (2005-2015) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk4 ND (2016 on) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA (1989-1997). Not suitable for: the Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC (2005-2015) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk4 ND (2016 on) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919654326655,"sku":"HSD-K-MAZDA-MX5-MK1-NA-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-ma05_1_5_cbfb7220-361d-47e8-b21e-a56612674d8f.jpg?v=1792766539"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-mazda-mx5-mk2-nb-98-05","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB 98-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB (98-05) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit had a Version 2 redesign in 2022 to give more damper stroke, so very low ride heights are possible without running out of travel. This is the Default spring rate kit (9kg front, 7kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm (approx. 88 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 150mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-MA05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMazda MX5 Mk2 NB (1998-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC (2005-2015) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk4 ND (2016 on) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB (1998-2005). Not suitable for: the Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC (2005-2015) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk4 ND (2016 on) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919654359423,"sku":"HSD-K-MAZDA-MX5-MK2-NB-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-ma05_1_5_6a233fe3-3100-4679-a31d-7f411b312552.jpg?v=1792766540"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-mazda-mx5-mk3-nc-05-15","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC 05-15","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC (05-15) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5kg\/mm (approx. 49 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-MA12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMazda MX5 Mk3 NC (2005-2015)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA (1989-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB (1998-2005) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk4 ND (2016 on) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 7kg front and 5kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Mazda MX5 Mk3 NC (2005-2015). Not suitable for: the Mazda MX5 Mk1 NA (1989-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk2 NB (1998-2005) - this needs a different HSD kit; the Mazda MX5 Mk4 ND (2016 on) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919654392191,"sku":"HSD-K-MAZDA-MX5-MK3-NC-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-ma12_1_2_5028447f-02fe-487c-a86e-170d0d49e122.jpg?v=1792766543"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/collections\/HSD-560x160.png?v=1710520850","url":"https:\/\/coilovers.co.uk\/collections\/hsd-coilover-suspension-kits.oembed?page=5","provider":"Coilovers.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}